|
Monday June 23, 2025
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy-
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 24, 2025
|
|
5:00 AM - 6:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 5:00am-6:00am - Morning Lap Swim 5:00-6:00 am June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:00 AM - 6:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 5:00am-6:00am - Morning Lap Swim 5:00am - 6:00am
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Wednesday June 25, 2025
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy-
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 26, 2025
|
|
5:00 AM - 6:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 5:00am-6:00am - Morning Lap Swim 5:00-6:00 am June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:00 AM - 6:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 5:00am-6:00am - Morning Lap Swim 5:00am - 6:00am
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy-
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Monday July 7, 2025
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 8, 2025
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 9, 2025
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 10, 2025
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Monday July 14, 2025
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 15, 2025
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 16, 2025
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 17, 2025
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 2 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/16 - 6/26 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/7 - 7/17 Monday - ThursdaySession 3 will take place from 7/28 - 8/7 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|